1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
*arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianity-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
882 { return this->owner_
; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
899 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
903 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
911 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
919 // address has been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
923 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
932 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
944 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
945 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
953 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file
*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_
; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_
; }
1059 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1061 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1068 // Implement do_write for a given endianity.
1069 template<bool big_endian
>
1071 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1073 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1075 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1076 unsigned int shndx_
;
1079 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1080 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1081 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1083 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1084 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1086 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1087 // with some of its entries merged.
1089 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1092 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1093 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1094 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1095 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1096 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1097 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1098 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1099 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1100 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1102 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1104 exidx_input_section() const
1105 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1107 // Return the section offset map.
1108 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1109 section_offset_map() const
1110 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1113 // Write merged section into file OF.
1115 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1118 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1119 section_offset_type
*) const;
1122 // Original EXIDX input section.
1123 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1124 // Section offset map.
1125 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1128 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1130 template<bool big_endian
>
1131 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1134 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1135 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1136 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
)
1139 ~Arm_input_section()
1146 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1148 is_stub_table_owner() const
1149 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1151 // Return the stub table.
1152 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1154 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1156 // Set the stub_table.
1158 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1159 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1161 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1162 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1163 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1164 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1165 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1168 // Write data to output file.
1170 do_write(Output_file
*);
1172 // Return required alignment of this.
1174 do_addralign() const
1176 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1177 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1178 this->original_addralign_
);
1180 return this->original_addralign_
;
1183 // Finalize data size.
1185 set_final_data_size();
1187 // Reset address and file offset.
1189 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1193 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1194 section_offset_type offset
,
1195 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1197 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1198 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1200 && (convert_types
<uint64_t, section_offset_type
>(offset
)
1201 <= this->original_size_
))
1211 // Copying is not allowed.
1212 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1213 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1215 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1216 uint64_t original_addralign_
;
1217 // Section size of the original input section.
1218 uint64_t original_size_
;
1220 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1223 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1224 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1226 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1229 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
)
1230 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1231 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1232 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
)
1236 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1238 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. Return number of bytes to
1239 // be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX section are merged
1240 // a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store in the located
1241 // PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is reponsible for
1243 template<bool big_endian
>
1245 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1246 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1248 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1249 // input section, if there is not one already.
1251 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1253 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1254 // first exidx input in output.
1256 first_output_text_section() const
1257 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1260 // Copying is not allowed.
1261 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1262 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1264 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1269 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1270 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1277 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1278 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1280 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1282 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1283 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1284 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1285 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1286 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1288 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1289 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1291 // EXIDX output section.
1292 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1293 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1294 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1295 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1296 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1297 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1298 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1299 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1300 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1301 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1303 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1306 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1307 // stub generation methods.
1309 template<bool big_endian
>
1310 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1313 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1315 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1316 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1317 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
1320 ~Arm_output_section()
1323 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1325 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1327 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1328 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1329 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1330 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1331 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1333 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1335 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1337 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1338 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1339 // output addresses.
1341 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1342 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1343 Symbol_table
* symtab
);
1347 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1348 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1350 // Create a stub group.
1351 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1352 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1353 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1354 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1355 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*);
1358 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1360 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1363 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1364 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1366 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1367 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
, uint32_t addralign
)
1368 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1369 addralign_(addralign
)
1372 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1375 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1377 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1380 { return this->relobj_
; }
1382 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1385 { return this->shndx_
; }
1387 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1390 { return this->link_
; }
1392 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1395 { return this->size_
; }
1397 // Reutnr address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1400 { return this->addralign_
; }
1403 // Object containing this.
1405 // Section index of this.
1406 unsigned int shndx_
;
1407 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1409 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1411 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1412 uint32_t addralign_
;
1415 // Arm_relobj class.
1417 template<bool big_endian
>
1418 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1421 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1423 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1424 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1425 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1426 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1427 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1428 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1429 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false)
1433 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1435 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1436 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1437 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1439 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1440 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1443 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1445 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1447 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1448 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1451 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1452 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1454 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1456 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1457 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1460 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1462 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1465 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1467 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1469 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1470 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1471 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1472 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1475 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1476 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1477 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1478 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1479 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1481 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1484 processor_specific_flags() const
1485 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1487 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1489 const Attributes_section_data
*
1490 attributes_section_data() const
1491 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1493 // Mapping symbol location.
1494 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1496 // Functor for STL container.
1497 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1500 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1501 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1503 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1504 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1508 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1509 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1510 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1511 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1513 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1515 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1517 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1518 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1521 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1523 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1525 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1526 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1527 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1528 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1531 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1532 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1533 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1534 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1536 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1537 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1538 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1543 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1544 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1545 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1547 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1548 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1549 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1554 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1556 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1557 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1559 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1561 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1562 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1564 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1566 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1569 // Post constructor setup.
1573 // Call parent's setup method.
1574 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1576 // Initialize look-up tables.
1577 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1578 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1581 // Count the local symbols.
1583 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1584 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1587 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1588 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
1589 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1591 // Read the symbol information.
1593 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1595 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1597 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1601 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1603 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1604 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1605 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1607 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1609 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1610 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1612 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1614 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1615 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1616 const Symbol_table
*);
1618 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1620 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1621 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1622 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1624 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1625 // first reloction of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1626 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1627 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1628 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1630 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1631 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1634 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1635 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1636 // index of the linked text section.
1638 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1639 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1640 unsigned int text_shndx
);
1642 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1643 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1645 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1647 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1648 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1651 // List of stub tables.
1652 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1653 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1654 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1655 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1656 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1657 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1658 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1659 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1660 // Mapping symbols information.
1661 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1662 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1663 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1664 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1665 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1666 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1667 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1670 // Arm_dynobj class.
1672 template<bool big_endian
>
1673 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1676 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1677 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1678 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1679 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1683 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1685 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1686 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1687 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1688 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1689 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1691 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1694 processor_specific_flags() const
1695 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1697 // Attributes section data.
1698 const Attributes_section_data
*
1699 attributes_section_data() const
1700 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1703 // Read the symbol information.
1705 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1708 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1709 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1710 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1711 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1714 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1716 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1717 struct Stub_addend_reader
1719 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1720 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1721 // view or from a Reloc object.
1722 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1724 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1725 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1726 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1727 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1730 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1732 template<bool big_endian
>
1733 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1735 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1738 const unsigned char*,
1739 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1742 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1743 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1744 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1745 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1747 template<bool big_endian
>
1748 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1750 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1753 const unsigned char*,
1754 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1755 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1756 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1759 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1760 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1762 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1765 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1766 Arm_address destination
)
1767 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1773 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1775 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1779 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1781 // Return the relocation type.
1784 { return this->r_type_
; }
1786 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1790 { return this->destination_
; }
1793 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1794 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1796 unsigned int r_type_
;
1797 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1799 Arm_address destination_
;
1802 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1803 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1805 template<bool big_endian
>
1806 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1809 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1810 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1813 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1814 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1815 // applied in a static link.
1817 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1818 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1820 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1821 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1822 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1824 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1825 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1827 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1831 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1832 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1833 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1834 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1835 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1837 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1839 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1841 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1842 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1843 unsigned int index
);
1846 // Write out the GOT table.
1848 do_write(Output_file
*);
1851 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1852 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1856 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1857 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1858 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1860 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1861 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1862 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1864 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1865 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1868 // Return the GOT offset.
1871 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1876 { return this->r_type_
; }
1878 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1880 symbol_is_global() const
1881 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1883 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1887 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1888 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1891 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1892 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*
1895 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1896 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1899 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1903 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1904 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
1908 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
1909 unsigned int got_offset_
;
1910 // Type of relocation.
1911 unsigned int r_type_
;
1912 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
1913 bool symbol_is_global_
;
1914 // A global or local symbol.
1919 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
1924 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
1925 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
1926 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
1932 // Symbol table of the output object.
1933 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
1934 // Layout of the output object.
1936 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
1937 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
1940 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
1944 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
1945 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
1946 template<int no_bits
>
1947 static inline int32_t
1948 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
1950 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1952 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1953 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
1955 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
1956 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1957 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
1960 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
1961 template<int no_bits
>
1963 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1965 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1968 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
1969 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1970 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1971 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1974 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
1975 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
1976 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
1977 // -128 <= bits <= 255
1978 template<int no_bits
>
1980 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1982 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
1985 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
1986 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1987 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1988 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1991 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
1992 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
1993 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
1994 static inline uint32_t
1995 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
1996 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
1999 template<bool big_endian
>
2000 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2003 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2006 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2007 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2010 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
2011 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2012 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2013 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2014 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2015 may_use_blx_(false), should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2016 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2017 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2020 // Whether we can use BLX.
2023 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
2025 // Set use-BLX flag.
2027 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
2028 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
2030 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2032 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2033 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2035 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2037 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2038 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2040 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2042 using_thumb2() const
2044 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2045 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2046 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2047 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2050 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2052 using_thumb_only() const
2054 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2055 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2057 if (attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2058 || attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
)
2060 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2061 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2063 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2064 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2067 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2069 may_use_arm_nop() const
2071 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2072 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2073 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2074 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2075 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2076 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2077 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2080 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2082 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2084 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2085 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2086 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2087 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2088 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2089 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2092 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2093 // garbage collection.
2095 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2097 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2098 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2099 unsigned int sh_type
,
2100 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2102 Output_section
* output_section
,
2103 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2104 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2105 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2107 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2109 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2111 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2112 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2113 unsigned int sh_type
,
2114 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2116 Output_section
* output_section
,
2117 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2118 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2119 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2121 // Finalize the sections.
2123 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2125 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2128 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2130 // Relocate a section.
2132 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2133 unsigned int sh_type
,
2134 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2136 Output_section
* output_section
,
2137 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2138 unsigned char* view
,
2139 Arm_address view_address
,
2140 section_size_type view_size
,
2141 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2143 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2145 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2147 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2148 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2149 unsigned int sh_type
,
2150 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2152 Output_section
* output_section
,
2153 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2154 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2155 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2156 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2158 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2160 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2161 unsigned int sh_type
,
2162 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2164 Output_section
* output_section
,
2165 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2166 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2167 unsigned char* view
,
2168 Arm_address view_address
,
2169 section_size_type view_size
,
2170 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2171 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2173 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2175 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2176 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2178 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2180 has_got_section() const
2181 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2183 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2187 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2188 return this->got_
->data_size();
2191 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2193 get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
);
2196 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2199 // Return the stub factory
2201 stub_factory() const
2202 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2204 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2205 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2206 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2208 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2209 // section of RELOBJ.
2210 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2211 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2213 // Make a new Stub_table
2214 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2215 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2217 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2219 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2220 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2221 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2226 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2227 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2230 // Get the default ARM target.
2231 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2234 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2235 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2236 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2237 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2240 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2242 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2246 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2247 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2250 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2252 fix_cortex_a8() const
2253 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2255 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2257 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2258 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2259 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2261 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2263 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2265 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2266 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2267 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2269 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2271 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2272 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2275 // Make an ELF object.
2277 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2278 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2281 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2282 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2283 { gold_unreachable(); }
2286 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2287 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2288 { gold_unreachable(); }
2291 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2292 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2293 { gold_unreachable(); }
2295 // Make an output section.
2297 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2298 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2299 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2302 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2304 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2305 // not doing relocatable linking.
2307 do_may_relax() const
2308 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2311 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2313 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2316 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2318 // Reorder tags during output.
2320 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2322 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2324 do_select_as_default_target()
2326 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2327 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2329 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2330 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2334 // The class which scans relocations.
2339 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2343 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2344 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2345 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2346 Output_section
* output_section
,
2347 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2348 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2351 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2352 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2353 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2354 Output_section
* output_section
,
2355 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2359 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2360 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2363 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2365 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
2369 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2370 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2373 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2374 unsigned int , Symbol
*)
2379 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2380 unsigned int r_type
);
2383 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2384 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2387 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2389 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2390 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2392 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2394 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2395 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2398 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2399 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2400 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2401 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2402 || sym
->is_undefined()
2403 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2406 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2407 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2410 // The class which implements relocation.
2420 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2422 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2425 Output_section
* output_section
);
2427 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2428 // any warnings about this relocation.
2430 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2431 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2432 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2433 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2434 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2435 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2438 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2439 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2442 reloc_is_non_pic (unsigned int r_type
)
2446 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2447 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2448 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2449 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2450 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2451 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2452 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2453 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2454 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2455 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2457 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2458 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2459 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2460 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2461 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2462 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2463 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2464 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2465 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2466 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2475 // Do a TLS relocation.
2476 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2477 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2478 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2479 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2480 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2485 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2486 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2487 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2491 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2494 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2495 // is a local symbol.
2496 static tls::Tls_optimization
2497 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2499 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2500 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2501 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2503 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2505 got_plt_section() const
2507 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2508 return this->got_plt_
;
2511 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2513 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2515 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2517 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2519 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2521 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2522 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2524 // Get the PLT section.
2525 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2528 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2532 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2534 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2536 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2538 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2540 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2541 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2542 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2544 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2546 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2547 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2550 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2552 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2553 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2554 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2555 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2557 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2558 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2559 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2560 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2563 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2565 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2567 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2568 // header of the output.
2570 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2572 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2574 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2576 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2578 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2581 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2583 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2585 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2587 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2589 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2591 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2593 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2595 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2597 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2599 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2600 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2601 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2602 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2603 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2608 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2611 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2613 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool);
2615 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2617 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2618 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2619 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2620 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2622 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2623 template<int sh_type
>
2625 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2626 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2627 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2629 Output_section
* output_section
,
2630 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2631 const unsigned char* view
,
2632 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2635 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2637 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*);
2639 // Functors for STL set.
2640 struct output_section_address_less_than
2643 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2644 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2647 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2648 // general Target structure.
2649 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2651 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2654 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2655 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2656 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2657 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2658 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2661 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2663 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2664 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2665 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2667 Arm_input_section_map
;
2669 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2670 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2671 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2674 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2676 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2677 // The GOT PLT section.
2678 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2679 // The dynamic reloc section.
2680 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2681 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2682 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2683 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2684 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2685 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2686 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2687 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2688 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2689 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2690 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2692 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2693 // Whether we can use BLX.
2695 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2696 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2697 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2698 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2699 // Attributes section data in output.
2700 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2701 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2702 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2703 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2704 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2707 template<bool big_endian
>
2708 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2711 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2712 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2713 false, // has_make_symbol
2714 false, // has_resolve
2715 false, // has_code_fill
2716 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2718 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2719 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2720 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2721 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2722 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2723 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2724 0, // small_common_section_flags
2725 0, // large_common_section_flags
2726 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2727 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2730 // Arm relocate functions class
2733 template<bool big_endian
>
2734 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2739 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2740 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation oveflow.
2741 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2745 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2746 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2748 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2751 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2753 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2754 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2755 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2756 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2758 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2759 // instruction encoding described above.
2760 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2761 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2762 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2764 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2765 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2766 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2769 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2771 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2772 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2773 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2774 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2778 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2782 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2785 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2787 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2788 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2789 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2790 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2792 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2793 // instruction encoding described above.
2794 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2795 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2796 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2798 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2799 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2800 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
2801 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
2802 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
2806 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
2808 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2809 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
2810 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2811 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2814 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2815 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
2816 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
2817 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
2821 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
2822 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2824 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
2830 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
2831 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
2832 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
2834 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
2836 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
2839 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
2840 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
2841 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
2842 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2843 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2844 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2847 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2849 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2850 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2851 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2852 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
2858 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
2859 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2860 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2861 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2862 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2865 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
2868 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2870 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2871 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2872 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
2873 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
2874 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2877 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2878 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
2882 // Handle ARM long branches.
2883 static typename
This::Status
2884 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2885 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2886 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2887 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2889 // Handle THUMB long branches.
2890 static typename
This::Status
2891 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2892 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2893 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2894 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2897 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
2898 static inline int32_t
2899 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2901 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
2902 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
2903 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
2904 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
2905 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
2906 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
2907 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
2908 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2909 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2911 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
2912 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2915 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
2916 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
2917 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2918 static inline uint16_t
2919 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2921 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2922 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2923 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
2926 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
2927 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
2928 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2929 static inline uint16_t
2930 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2932 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2933 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2934 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
2935 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
2936 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
2937 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
2940 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
2941 static inline int32_t
2942 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2944 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
2945 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
2946 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
2947 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
2948 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
2950 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2953 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
2954 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
2955 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
2956 static inline uint16_t
2957 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2959 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2960 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2961 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
2964 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
2965 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
2966 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
2967 static inline uint16_t
2968 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2970 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2971 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
2972 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
2973 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
2975 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
2978 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
2979 static inline typename
This::Status
2980 abs8(unsigned char *view
,
2981 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2982 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2984 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2985 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2986 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2987 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2988 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
2989 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2990 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
2991 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2993 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
2994 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
2995 return ((signed_x
< -128 || signed_x
> 255)
2996 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2997 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3000 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3001 static inline typename
This::Status
3002 thm_abs5(unsigned char *view
,
3003 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3004 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3006 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3007 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3008 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3009 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3010 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3011 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3012 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3013 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3015 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3016 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3017 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65535)
3018 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3019 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3022 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3023 static inline typename
This::Status
3024 abs12(unsigned char *view
,
3025 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3026 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3028 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3029 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3030 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3031 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3032 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3033 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3034 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3035 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3036 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3037 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3038 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3041 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3042 static inline typename
This::Status
3043 abs16(unsigned char *view
,
3044 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3045 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3047 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3048 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3049 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3050 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3051 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3052 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3053 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3054 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3055 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
3056 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3057 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3060 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3061 static inline typename
This::Status
3062 abs32(unsigned char *view
,
3063 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3064 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3065 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3067 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3068 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3069 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3070 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3071 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3072 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3075 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3076 static inline typename
This::Status
3077 rel32(unsigned char *view
,
3078 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3079 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3080 Arm_address address
,
3081 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3083 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3084 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3085 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3086 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3087 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3088 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3091 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3092 static typename
This::Status
3093 thm_jump19(unsigned char *view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3094 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3095 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3097 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3098 static inline typename
This::Status
3099 thm_jump6(unsigned char *view
,
3100 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3101 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3102 Arm_address address
)
3104 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3105 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3106 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3107 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3108 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3109 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3110 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3111 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3112 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3113 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3114 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3115 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3116 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3119 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3120 static inline typename
This::Status
3121 thm_jump8(unsigned char *view
,
3122 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3123 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3124 Arm_address address
)
3126 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3127 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3128 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3129 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3130 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3131 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3132 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
3133 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
3134 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3135 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3138 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3139 static inline typename
This::Status
3140 thm_jump11(unsigned char *view
,
3141 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3142 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3143 Arm_address address
)
3145 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3146 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3147 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3148 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3149 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3150 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3151 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
3152 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
3153 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3154 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3157 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3158 static inline typename
This::Status
3159 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3161 Arm_address address
)
3163 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3167 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3168 static inline typename
This::Status
3169 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3172 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3176 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3177 static inline typename
This::Status
3178 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3179 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3181 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3182 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3185 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3186 static inline typename
This::Status
3187 got_prel(unsigned char *view
,
3188 Arm_address got_entry
,
3189 Arm_address address
)
3191 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3192 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3195 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3196 static inline typename
This::Status
3197 prel31(unsigned char *view
,
3198 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3199 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3200 Arm_address address
,
3201 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3203 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3204 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3205 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3206 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3207 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3208 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3209 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3210 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3211 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3214 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3215 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3216 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3217 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3218 static inline typename
This::Status
3219 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3220 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3221 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3222 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3223 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3224 bool check_overflow
)
3226 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3227 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3228 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3229 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3230 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3231 - relative_address_base
);
3232 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3233 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3234 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3235 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3236 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3239 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3240 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3241 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3242 static inline typename
This::Status
3243 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3244 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3245 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3246 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3248 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3249 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3250 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3251 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3252 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3253 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3254 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3255 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3256 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3259 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3260 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3261 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3262 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3263 static inline typename
This::Status
3264 thm_movw(unsigned char *view
,
3265 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3266 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3267 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3268 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3269 bool check_overflow
)
3271 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3272 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3273 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3274 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3275 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3276 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3278 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3279 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3280 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3281 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3282 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3283 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3284 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3287 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3288 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3289 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3290 static inline typename
This::Status
3291 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3292 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3293 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3294 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3296 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3297 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3298 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3299 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3300 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3301 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3302 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3303 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3304 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3305 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3306 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3309 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3310 static inline typename
This::Status
3311 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3312 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3313 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3314 Arm_address address
,
3315 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3317 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3318 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3319 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3320 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3321 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3323 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3324 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3325 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3326 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3327 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3328 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3329 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3330 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3332 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3333 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3334 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3335 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3336 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3337 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3338 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3339 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3340 // Apply a sign to the added.
3343 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3344 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3345 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3346 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3347 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3348 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3350 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3351 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3352 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3353 // place is negative.
3357 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3358 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3359 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3360 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3363 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3364 static inline typename
This::Status
3365 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3366 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3367 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3368 Arm_address address
)
3370 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3371 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3372 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3373 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3374 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3375 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3376 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3377 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3379 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3380 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3381 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3382 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3385 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3386 static inline typename
This::Status
3387 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3388 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3389 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3390 Arm_address address
)
3392 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3393 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3394 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3395 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3396 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3397 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3398 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3399 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3400 // Apply a sign to the added.
3403 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3404 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3405 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3406 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3407 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3408 // place is positive.
3412 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3413 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3414 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3415 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3419 static inline typename
This::Status
3420 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3421 unsigned char *view
,
3422 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3423 const Arm_address address
,
3424 const bool is_interworking
)
3427 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3428 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3429 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3431 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3432 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3433 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3434 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3436 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3437 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3438 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3440 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3441 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3443 int32_t veneer_address
=
3444 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3445 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3446 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3447 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3448 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3449 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3453 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3454 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3455 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3457 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3458 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3461 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3462 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3463 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3464 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3465 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3466 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3467 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3468 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3469 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3470 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3471 static inline typename
This::Status
3472 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3473 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3474 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3476 Arm_address address
,
3477 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3478 bool check_overflow
)
3480 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3481 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3482 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3483 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3485 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3486 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3487 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3488 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3489 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3491 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3492 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3493 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3494 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3495 // Initial addend value.
3496 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3497 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3498 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3499 // Apply a sign to the added.
3502 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3503 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3504 // Check for overflow if required
3506 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3507 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3509 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3510 // not to destroy the S bit.
3512 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3513 // place is negative.
3514 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3515 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3518 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3519 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3522 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3523 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3524 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3525 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3526 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3527 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3528 static inline typename
This::Status
3529 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3530 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3531 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3533 Arm_address address
)
3535 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3536 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3537 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3538 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3540 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3541 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3542 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3543 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3545 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3546 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3547 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3549 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3551 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3556 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3557 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3560 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3561 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3562 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3563 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3564 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3565 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3566 static inline typename
This::Status
3567 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3568 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3569 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3571 Arm_address address
)
3573 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3574 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3575 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3576 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3578 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3579 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3580 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3581 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3583 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3584 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3585 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3587 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3589 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3592 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3594 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3595 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3598 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3599 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3600 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3601 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3602 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3603 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3604 static inline typename
This::Status
3605 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3606 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3607 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3609 Arm_address address
)
3611 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3612 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3613 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3614 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3616 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3617 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3618 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3619 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3621 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3622 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3623 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3625 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3627 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3630 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3632 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3633 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3637 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3638 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3639 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3640 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3641 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3643 template<bool big_endian
>
3644 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3645 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3646 unsigned int r_type
,
3647 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3648 unsigned char *view
,
3649 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3650 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3652 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3653 Arm_address address
,
3654 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3655 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3657 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3658 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3659 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3661 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3662 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3663 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3664 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3665 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3666 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3667 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3669 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3670 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3672 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3673 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3675 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3677 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3678 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3680 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3682 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3683 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3685 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3687 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3688 // than it being obsolete.
3689 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3690 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3695 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3696 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3697 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3698 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3699 // on the architecture.
3700 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3701 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3702 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3704 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3705 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3706 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3708 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3709 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3710 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3713 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3714 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3715 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3717 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3719 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3720 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3721 if (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3722 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0) && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)))
3724 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3726 Stub_type stub_type
=
3727 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3728 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3730 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3732 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3733 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3734 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3736 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3737 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3738 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3739 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3740 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3741 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3742 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
3746 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3747 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3751 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3752 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3755 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3756 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3757 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3758 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3761 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3762 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3763 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3764 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3765 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3767 template<bool big_endian
>
3768 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3769 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3770 unsigned int r_type
,
3771 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3772 unsigned char *view
,
3773 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3774 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3776 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3777 Arm_address address
,
3778 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3779 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3781 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3782 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3783 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3784 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3786 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3788 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
3789 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
3791 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3792 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
3794 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
3795 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3797 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
3799 // This cannot be a BLX.
3801 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3803 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
3805 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
3807 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3810 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
3811 "thumb function '%s'."),
3812 object
->name().c_str(),
3813 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
3814 // Convert BLX to BL.
3815 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3821 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3822 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3823 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
3824 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
3825 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3826 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3827 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3829 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
3831 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
3832 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
3836 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
3837 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
3839 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3842 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3843 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3845 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
3846 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3847 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
3848 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
3850 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3852 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3854 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
3855 if ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3856 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
3857 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
3858 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
3859 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)))
3861 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3863 Stub_type stub_type
=
3864 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3865 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3868 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3870 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3871 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3872 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3874 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3875 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3876 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3877 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3878 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3879 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
3880 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
3881 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3885 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3886 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3889 gold_assert(may_use_blx
3890 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
3891 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
3892 // Make sure this is a BLX.
3893 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
3897 // Make sure this is a BL.
3898 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3901 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
3902 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
3903 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
3904 // 1 of the base address.
3905 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
3906 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
3908 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
3909 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
3910 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
3911 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3912 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3914 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3915 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3917 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
3920 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
3921 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3922 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3923 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3926 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
3927 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3928 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3929 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3931 template<bool big_endian
>
3932 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3933 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
3934 unsigned char *view
,
3935 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3936 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3937 Arm_address address
,
3938 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3940 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3941 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3942 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3943 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3944 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3946 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3947 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3949 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
3950 // use this for tail calls.
3951 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
3954 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
3955 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3958 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
3959 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3960 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3962 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
3963 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3964 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3966 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
3967 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3968 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3971 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3973 template<bool big_endian
>
3974 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
3975 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
3977 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
3979 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
3981 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
3984 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3986 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3987 this->got_
, false, false, false,
3989 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
3990 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
3991 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
3993 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
3994 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3996 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3997 this->got_plt_
, false, false,
4000 // The first three entries are reserved.
4001 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4003 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4004 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4005 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4007 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4009 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4015 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4017 template<bool big_endian
>
4018 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4019 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4021 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4023 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4024 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4025 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4026 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
, true,
4027 false, false, false);
4029 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4032 // Insn_template methods.
4034 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4037 Insn_template::size() const
4039 switch (this->type())
4042 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4053 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4056 Insn_template::alignment() const
4058 switch (this->type())
4061 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4072 // Stub_template methods.
4074 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4075 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4077 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4078 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4082 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4083 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4085 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4086 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4087 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4088 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4089 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4091 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4092 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4094 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4097 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4098 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4099 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4101 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4104 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4105 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4107 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4108 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4111 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4112 // Entry point cannot be data.
4113 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4114 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4120 offset
+= insn_size
;
4122 this->size_
= offset
;
4127 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianity.
4129 template<bool big_endian
>
4131 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4133 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4134 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4136 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4137 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4138 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4140 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4142 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4143 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4145 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4146 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4148 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4150 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4152 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4153 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4154 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4155 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4158 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4159 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4160 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4165 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4167 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4170 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4172 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4175 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4177 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4179 // Global symbol key name
4180 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4181 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4182 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4183 // to the symbol name size.
4184 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4185 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4186 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4187 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4188 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4190 return std::string(buffer
);
4194 // local symbol key name
4195 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4196 const size_t len
= 200;
4198 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4199 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4200 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4201 return std::string(buffer
);
4205 // Reloc_stub methods.
4207 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4208 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4209 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4210 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
4214 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4215 unsigned int r_type
,
4216 Arm_address location
,
4217 Arm_address destination
,
4218 bool target_is_thumb
)
4220 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4222 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4223 // big and little endianities.
4225 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4228 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4230 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4231 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4232 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4233 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4234 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4235 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4239 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4240 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4241 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4242 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4243 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4244 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4247 int64_t branch_offset
;
4248 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4250 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4251 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4252 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4253 destination
= utils::bit_select(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4254 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4256 // Handle cases where:
4257 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4259 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4260 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4262 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4263 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4265 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4266 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4267 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4268 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4269 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4271 if (target_is_thumb
)
4276 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4277 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4280 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4281 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4282 // we must be able to switch mode before
4283 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4284 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4285 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4286 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4287 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4291 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4292 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4293 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4297 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4298 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4299 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4300 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4307 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4308 // object that has interwork enabled.
4310 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4311 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4314 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4315 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4316 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4320 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4321 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4322 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4324 // Handle v4t short branches.
4325 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4326 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4327 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4328 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4332 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4333 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4334 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4336 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4337 if (target_is_thumb
)
4341 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4342 // object that has interwork enabled.
4344 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4345 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4346 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4347 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4348 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4349 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4350 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4352 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4353 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4356 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4357 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4361 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4362 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4368 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4369 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4371 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4372 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4373 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4374 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4382 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4384 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4385 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4388 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4390 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4391 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4393 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4395 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4396 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4397 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4401 // Stub_factory methods.
4403 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4405 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4406 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4408 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4409 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4410 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4412 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4413 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4414 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4417 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4419 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4421 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4422 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4423 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4424 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4427 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4428 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4430 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4431 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4432 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4433 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4434 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4435 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4436 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4437 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4440 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4442 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4444 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4445 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4446 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4447 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4448 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4449 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4452 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4454 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4456 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4457 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4458 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4459 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4460 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4463 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4464 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4465 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4467 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4468 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4469 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4472 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4473 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4474 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4476 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4477 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4478 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4479 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4482 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4483 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4484 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4486 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4488 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4489 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4490 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4491 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4492 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4495 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4496 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4498 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4499 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4500 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4501 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4502 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4505 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4506 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4508 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4509 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4510 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4511 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4512 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4513 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4516 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4518 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4520 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4521 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4522 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4523 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4524 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4525 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4526 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4527 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4530 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4532 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4534 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4535 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4536 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4537 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4538 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4539 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4540 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4543 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4545 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4546 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4553 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4555 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4556 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4557 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4561 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4563 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4565 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4568 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4570 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4573 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4574 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4575 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4576 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4578 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4581 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4582 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4583 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4585 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4586 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4587 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4590 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4591 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4592 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4594 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4595 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4597 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4601 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4602 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4603 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4604 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4612 // Stub_table methods.
4614 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4616 template<bool big_endian
>
4618 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4620 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4621 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4624 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4627 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4629 template<bool big_endian
>
4631 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4633 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4634 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4635 Output_section
* output_section
,
4636 unsigned char* view
,
4637 Arm_address address
,
4638 section_size_type view_size
)
4640 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4641 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4643 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4644 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4645 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4646 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4648 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4649 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4653 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4655 template<bool big_endian
>
4657 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4658 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4659 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4660 Output_section
* output_section
,
4661 unsigned char* view
,
4662 Arm_address address
,
4663 section_size_type view_size
)
4665 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4667 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4669 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4671 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4672 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4673 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4675 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4676 address
, view_size
);
4678 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4679 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4680 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4682 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4683 address
, view_size
);
4685 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4686 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4687 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4691 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4692 address
, view_size
);
4696 // Write out the stubs to file.
4698 template<bool big_endian
>
4700 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4702 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4703 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4704 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4705 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4707 // Write relocation stubs.
4708 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4709 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4712 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4713 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4715 == align_address(address
,
4716 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4717 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4721 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4722 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4723 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4726 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4727 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4729 == align_address(address
,
4730 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4731 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4735 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4736 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4737 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4743 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4745 == align_address(address
,
4746 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4747 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4751 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4754 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4755 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4756 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4758 template<bool big_endian
>
4760 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4762 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4763 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4764 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
4766 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4767 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4770 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4771 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4772 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4773 + stub_template
->size());
4776 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4777 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4783 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4784 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4785 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4786 + stub_template
->size());
4789 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4790 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4791 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
4792 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
4793 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
4795 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
4797 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
4802 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
4803 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
4805 template<bool big_endian
>
4807 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
4809 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4810 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4811 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4814 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4815 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4816 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4817 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4818 stub
->set_offset(off
);
4819 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4821 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
4822 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
4823 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4824 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
4825 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
4828 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4829 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4835 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4836 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4837 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4838 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
4839 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4842 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
4845 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
4846 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
4847 // of the address range seen by the linker.
4849 template<bool big_endian
>
4851 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
4852 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4853 unsigned char* view
,
4854 Arm_address view_address
,
4855 section_size_type view_size
)
4857 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
4858 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
4859 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
4860 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
4861 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
4864 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
4865 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
4866 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
4867 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4868 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4870 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
4871 section_size_type offset
=
4872 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
4873 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
4875 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
4876 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
4880 // Arm_input_section methods.
4882 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
4884 template<bool big_endian
>
4886 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
4888 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
4889 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
4891 // Cache these to speed up size and alignment queries. It is too slow
4892 // to call section_addraglin and section_size every time.
4893 this->original_addralign_
= relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
);
4894 this->original_size_
= relobj
->section_size(shndx
);
4896 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
4897 // output sections are finalized.
4898 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
4899 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
4900 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
4901 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
4902 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
4904 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
4905 this->finalize_data_size();
4908 template<bool big_endian
>
4910 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4912 // We have to write out the original section content.
4913 section_size_type section_size
;
4914 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
4915 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
4916 of
->write(this->offset(), section_contents
, section_size
);
4918 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
4919 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
4920 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
4923 // Finalize data size.
4925 template<bool big_endian
>
4927 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
4929 // If this owns a stub table, finalize its data size as well.
4930 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4932 uint64_t address
= this->address();
4934 // The stub table comes after the original section contents.
4935 address
+= this->original_size_
;
4936 address
= align_address(address
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
4937 off_t offset
= this->offset() + (address
- this->address());
4938 this->stub_table_
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
4939 address
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
4940 gold_assert(address
== this->address() + this->current_data_size());
4943 this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size());
4946 // Reset address and file offset.
4948 template<bool big_endian
>
4950 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
4952 // Size of the original input section contents.
4953 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
4955 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
4956 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4958 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
4960 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
4961 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
4962 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
4963 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
4964 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
4967 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
4970 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
4972 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianity.
4974 template<bool big_endian
>
4976 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
4978 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4979 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
4980 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4982 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4983 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
4985 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
4986 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
4988 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4989 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
4990 Arm_address output_offset
=
4991 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
4992 Arm_address section_start
;
4993 if(output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
4994 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
4997 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
4998 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
4999 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
5000 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5001 section_start
= poris
->address();
5004 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5005 Arm_address output_address
=
5006 section_start
+ this->relobj_
->section_size(this->shndx_
);
5008 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5009 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5010 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5011 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5012 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
5013 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5014 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5015 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5017 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5020 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5022 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5023 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5024 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5025 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5026 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5028 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5029 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5030 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5031 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5032 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5033 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5034 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5035 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5036 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5038 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5039 this->set_data_size(exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
);
5040 this->fix_data_size();
5043 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5044 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5045 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5046 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5047 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5048 // this input offset is being discarded.
5051 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5052 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5054 section_offset_type offset
,
5055 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5057 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5058 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5059 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5062 section_offset_type section_size
=
5063 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5064 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5065 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5069 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5070 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5071 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5072 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5073 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5075 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5076 // input offset is in the valid range.
5077 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5079 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5080 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5081 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5083 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5084 // Offset is present in output.
5085 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5087 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5094 // Write this to output file OF.
5097 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5099 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5101 gold_assert(this->data_size() != this->exidx_input_section_
.size()
5102 && this->data_size() != 0);
5104 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5105 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5106 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5108 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5109 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5111 // Get contents of EXIDX input section.
5112 section_size_type section_size
;
5113 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5114 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
5115 gold_assert(section_size
== this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5117 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5119 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5120 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5121 for(Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5122 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5123 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5126 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5127 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5128 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5129 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5132 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5133 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5134 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
);
5135 memcpy(oview
+ out_start
, section_contents
+ in_start
,
5137 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5139 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5142 gold_assert(convert_to_section_size_type(out_start
) == oview_size
);
5143 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5146 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5148 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5149 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5150 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5153 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5155 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5156 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5158 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5159 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5160 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5161 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5162 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5163 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5167 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5168 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5172 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5175 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5177 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5178 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5179 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5181 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5183 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5184 delete_entry
= (this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5185 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5186 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5187 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5191 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5192 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5193 delete_entry
= false;
5194 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5196 return delete_entry
;
5199 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5200 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5201 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5202 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5203 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5206 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5207 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5208 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5211 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5212 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5213 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5215 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5217 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5218 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5221 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5222 // bytes deleted. If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly
5223 // created Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The
5224 // caller owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5226 template<bool big_endian
>
5228 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5229 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5230 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5232 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5233 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5234 section_size_type section_size
;
5235 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5236 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5238 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5240 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5241 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5242 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5243 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5244 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5248 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5249 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5250 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5252 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5254 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5256 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5257 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5259 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5261 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5262 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5263 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5264 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5265 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5266 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5267 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5268 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5269 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5271 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5272 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5274 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5278 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5281 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5283 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5284 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5286 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5287 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5288 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5290 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5291 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5292 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5293 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5295 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5296 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5297 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5298 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5301 return deleted_bytes
;
5304 // Arm_output_section methods.
5306 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5307 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5309 template<bool big_endian
>
5311 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5312 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5313 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5314 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5315 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5316 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
)
5318 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5319 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5320 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5321 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5322 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5324 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5325 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5326 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5329 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5330 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5333 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5334 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5338 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5339 // Create a new relaxed input section.
5341 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5342 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5345 // Create a stub table.
5346 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5347 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5349 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5351 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5352 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5354 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5357 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5359 // The stub table information for input sections live
5360 // in their objects.
5361 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5362 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5363 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5367 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5370 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5371 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5372 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5373 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5374 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5376 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5377 // implemented differently.
5379 template<bool big_endian
>
5381 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5382 section_size_type group_size
,
5383 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5384 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
)
5386 // We only care about sections containing code.
5387 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5390 // States for grouping.
5393 // No group is being built.
5395 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5396 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5397 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5398 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5399 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5400 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5401 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5405 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5406 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5408 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5409 section_size_type off
= 0;
5410 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5411 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5412 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5413 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5414 this->input_sections().end();
5415 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5416 this->input_sections().end();
5417 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5418 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5419 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5422 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5423 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5424 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5425 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5427 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5433 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5434 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5435 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5437 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5439 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5440 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5441 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5446 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5447 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5448 // handled by it too.
5449 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5450 stub_table
= group_end
;
5451 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5456 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5457 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5459 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5461 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5462 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5463 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5472 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5473 // a new one. Skip any empty sections.
5474 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5475 && (p
->relobj()->section_size(p
->shndx()) != 0))
5477 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5479 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5481 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5484 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5486 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5489 off
= section_end_offset
;
5492 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5493 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5495 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5496 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5497 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5500 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5503 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5504 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5505 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5507 // Update the section offsets
5508 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5510 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5511 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5512 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5513 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5514 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5515 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5519 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5520 // order of their position in this.
5522 template<bool big_endian
>
5524 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5525 Text_section_list
* list
)
5527 // We only care about text sections.
5528 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5531 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5533 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5534 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5537 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5538 // ignore any merged sections.
5539 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5540 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5541 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5546 template<bool big_endian
>
5548 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5550 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5551 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5553 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5554 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5556 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5557 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5558 this->discard_states();
5560 // Remove all input sections.
5561 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5562 typedef std::list
<Simple_input_section
> Simple_input_section_list
;
5563 Simple_input_section_list input_sections
;
5564 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5565 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5567 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5568 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5570 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5571 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5572 Section_id_set known_input_sections
;
5573 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5574 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5577 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5578 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5579 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5580 known_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()));
5583 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this);
5585 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5586 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5587 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5588 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5591 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5592 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5594 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5595 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5596 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5597 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5599 // If this text section has no EXIDX section, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5600 // entry pointing to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5601 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
)
5603 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5607 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5608 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5609 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5610 if (known_input_sections
.find(sid
) == known_input_sections
.end())
5612 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5613 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5614 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5615 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5616 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5617 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5618 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5619 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5621 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5622 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5623 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5625 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5629 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5630 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5631 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5632 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5633 §ion_offset_map
);
5635 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5637 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5638 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5639 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5641 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5642 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5643 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5645 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5647 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5648 // section into a relaxed section.
5649 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5650 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5651 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5652 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5653 this->add_relaxed_input_section(merged_section
);
5654 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5656 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5657 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5659 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5663 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5664 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5665 Output_section::Simple_input_section
sis(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5666 this->add_simple_input_section(sis
, exidx_input_section
->size(),
5667 exidx_input_section
->addralign());
5670 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5673 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5674 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5676 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5677 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5678 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5681 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5682 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5684 // We only discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5685 // text section has been folded by ICF.
5686 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5687 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5688 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5689 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5690 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5691 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5692 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5694 // Remove this from link.
5695 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5699 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5700 // set correct entry size.
5701 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5702 this->set_entsize(8);
5704 // Make changes permanent.
5705 this->save_states();
5706 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5709 // Arm_relobj methods.
5711 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
5712 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
5713 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
5714 // look up ICF information.
5716 template<bool big_endian
>
5718 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
5719 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5721 const Output_section
* os
,
5722 const Symbol_table
*symtab
)
5724 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
5725 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
5726 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
5727 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
5728 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
5731 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
5732 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
5735 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
5736 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
5737 // we cannot handle.
5738 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5740 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5741 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5749 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
5750 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5752 template<bool big_endian
>
5754 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
5755 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5756 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
5757 const Symbol_table
*symtab
,
5758 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
5760 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5761 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
5764 // Ignore empty section.
5765 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
5769 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
5770 // error will be reported in the final link.
5771 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
5774 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5775 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5776 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5778 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5780 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
5781 // The error will be reported in the final link.
5782 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
5785 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
5786 // reported in the final link.
5787 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5788 if (index
>= this->shnum())
5791 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5792 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
5793 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
5794 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
5797 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
5798 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
5799 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
5800 // for large output.
5802 template<bool big_endian
>
5804 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
5808 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5810 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5811 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5812 // We do not handle merged sections here.
5813 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5814 return poris
->address();
5817 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
5820 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
5821 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5823 template<bool big_endian
>
5825 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
5826 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5829 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5831 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
5834 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
5836 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5837 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
5843 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
5845 template<bool big_endian
>
5847 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
5848 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5851 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
5853 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
5855 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
5856 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
5857 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
5859 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
5861 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
5864 Arm_address output_address
=
5865 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5867 // Get the section contents.
5868 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5869 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5870 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
5872 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
5873 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
5874 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
5875 // to speed up the scanning.
5877 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5878 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5880 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
5881 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
5883 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
5884 if (p
->second
== 't')
5886 // Determine the end of this range.
5887 section_size_type span_start
=
5888 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
5889 section_size_type span_end
;
5890 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5891 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5892 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
5894 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
5896 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
5897 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
5899 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
5900 span_start
, span_end
,
5910 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
5912 template<bool big_endian
>
5914 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
5915 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5916 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5917 const Layout
* layout
)
5919 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
5920 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5922 // Read the section headers.
5923 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
5927 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
5928 // input offsets to output addresses.
5929 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
5931 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
5933 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
5934 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
5935 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
5936 relinfo
.object
= this;
5938 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
5939 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5940 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5942 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5943 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
5946 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5947 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
5948 Arm_address output_address
;
5949 if(output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
5950 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
5953 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5954 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5955 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
5956 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5957 output_address
= poris
->address();
5960 // Get the relocations.
5961 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
5965 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
5966 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
5967 // output view under such circumstances.
5968 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5969 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5970 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
5972 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
5973 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
5974 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5975 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5976 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5977 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5979 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5981 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
5982 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
5983 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
5985 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
5986 input_view
, output_address
,
5991 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
5992 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
5993 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
5994 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
5995 // scanning is done first.
5996 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
5998 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5999 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6001 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6002 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6005 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6010 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6011 // since we no longer need them.
6012 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6015 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6016 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6017 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6018 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6019 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6020 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6021 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
6022 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6024 template<bool big_endian
>
6026 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6027 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6028 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6030 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6033 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6034 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6035 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6039 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6040 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6041 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6043 // Read the symbol table section header.
6044 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6045 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6046 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6047 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6049 // Read the local symbols.
6050 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6051 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6052 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6053 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6054 locsize
, true, true);
6056 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6057 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6058 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6060 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6064 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6065 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6066 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6068 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6069 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6072 const char* pnames
=
6073 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6074 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6077 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6078 // to THUMB functions.
6080 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6082 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6083 this->local_values();
6084 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6086 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6087 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6088 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6089 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6091 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6092 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6093 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6095 unsigned int input_shndx
= sym
.get_st_shndx();
6097 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6098 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6099 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6102 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6103 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6105 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6106 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6107 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6108 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6109 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6114 // Relocate sections.
6115 template<bool big_endian
>
6117 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6118 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6119 const Layout
* layout
,
6120 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6121 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6123 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6124 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
6127 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6128 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6131 // Relocate stub tables.
6132 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6134 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6135 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6137 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6138 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6139 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6140 relinfo
.object
= this;
6142 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6144 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6145 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6147 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6148 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6149 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6151 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6152 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6153 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6155 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6156 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6157 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6158 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6160 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6162 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6164 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6165 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6166 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6167 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6169 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6170 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6171 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6172 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6174 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6178 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6179 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6181 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6182 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6183 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6184 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6186 // Adjust view to cover section.
6187 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6188 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6189 Arm_address section_address
=
6190 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6191 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6193 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6194 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6195 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6197 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6199 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6200 // corresponding to this input section.
6201 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6210 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking the the first
6211 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6212 // must be linked to to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6213 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6214 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6215 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6216 // discover the linked code section.
6218 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6219 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6220 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6223 template<bool big_endian
>
6225 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6226 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6227 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6228 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6230 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6232 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6234 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6235 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6237 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6238 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6240 // Get the relocations.
6241 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6242 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6244 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6245 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6247 Arm_address r_offset
;
6248 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6249 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6251 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6252 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6253 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6257 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6258 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6259 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6262 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6263 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6266 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6268 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6272 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6273 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6274 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6275 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6276 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6278 *pshndx
= this->adjust_shndx(sym
.get_st_shndx());
6288 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6289 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6290 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6292 template<bool big_endian
>
6294 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6296 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6297 unsigned int text_shndx
)
6299 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it points to a text
6300 // section already has an EXIDX section.
6301 if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6303 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %u and %u both link to text section %u "
6305 shndx
, this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx(),
6306 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6310 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6311 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6312 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6313 shdr
.get_sh_addralign());
6314 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6316 // Also map the EXIDX section index to this.
6317 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6318 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6321 // Read the symbol information.
6323 template<bool big_endian
>
6325 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6327 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6328 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6330 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6331 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6332 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6334 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6335 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6337 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6339 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6340 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6341 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6342 const unsigned char *ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6343 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6345 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6346 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6348 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6349 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6350 section_size_type section_size
=
6351 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6352 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6353 section_size
, true, false);
6354 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6355 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6357 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6359 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6360 if (text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6361 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u linked to invalid section %u"),
6363 else if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6364 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6366 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6370 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6371 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6372 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6374 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6375 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6376 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6377 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6378 // want to slow down the most common path.
6379 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6380 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6381 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6382 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6384 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6385 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6386 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6388 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6389 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6390 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6392 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6393 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6394 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6396 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6398 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6402 // Read the symbol table section header.
6403 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6404 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6405 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6406 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6408 // Read the local symbols.
6409 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6410 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6411 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6412 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6413 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6414 locsize
, true, true);
6416 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6417 for(unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6419 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6420 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6421 unsigned int text_shndx
;
6422 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6423 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end()
6424 && find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6425 psyms
, &text_shndx
))
6426 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6428 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u has no linked text section."),
6434 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6435 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6436 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
6437 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6438 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6439 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6441 template<bool big_endian
>
6443 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6445 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6447 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6448 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6450 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6451 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6452 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6455 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6456 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6457 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6461 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6462 // to these from the linked text sections.
6463 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6464 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6466 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6467 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6469 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6470 // sections from its linked text section.
6471 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6472 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6477 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6478 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6479 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6480 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6482 template<bool big_endian
>
6484 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6486 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6487 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6488 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6490 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6491 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6493 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6497 // Read the symbol table section header.
6498 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6499 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6500 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6501 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6503 // Read the local symbols.
6504 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6505 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6506 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6507 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6508 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6509 locsize
, true, true);
6511 // Loop over the local symbols.
6513 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6515 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6516 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6517 unsigned int count
= 0;
6518 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6520 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6522 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6524 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6526 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6527 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6531 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6536 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6538 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6541 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6545 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6546 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6547 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6548 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6549 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6551 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6552 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6553 if (output_offset
== -1)
6555 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6556 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6557 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6566 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6567 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6570 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6572 // Read the symbol information.
6574 template<bool big_endian
>
6576 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6578 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6579 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6581 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6582 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6583 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6585 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6586 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6588 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6589 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6590 // the section headers.
6591 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6592 const unsigned char *ps
=
6593 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6594 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6596 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6597 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6599 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6600 section_size_type section_size
=
6601 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6602 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6603 section_size
, true, false);
6604 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6605 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6611 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6613 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6615 template<bool big_endian
>
6616 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
6617 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
6618 unsigned int r_type
,
6619 const unsigned char* view
,
6620 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
6622 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
6626 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6630 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6631 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6632 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6633 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
6636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
6640 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6641 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6642 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6643 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6644 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6649 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6650 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6651 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6652 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6653 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6661 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
6663 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
6664 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
6665 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
6666 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
6667 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
6669 template<bool big_endian
>
6671 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6672 unsigned int got_type
,
6675 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
6678 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6680 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6681 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
6682 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6683 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6684 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6688 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
6690 template<bool big_endian
>
6692 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6693 unsigned int got_type
,
6694 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6697 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
6700 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6702 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6703 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
6704 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6705 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6706 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6710 template<bool big_endian
>
6712 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6714 // Call parent to write out GOT.
6715 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
6717 // We are done if there is no fix up.
6718 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
6721 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
6723 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6724 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6725 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6726 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6728 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
6729 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
6731 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
6732 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
6733 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
6734 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
6736 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
6738 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
6741 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
6743 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
6744 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
6745 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
6747 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6748 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
6750 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
6751 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6753 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
6754 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
6755 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
6757 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
6758 " object %s in GOT"),
6759 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
6763 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
6767 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
6768 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
6769 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
6770 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
6772 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6773 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
6774 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
6775 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
6776 || gsym
->is_undefined())
6777 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6779 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
6784 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6786 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
6787 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
6788 value
= sym
->value();
6794 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
6795 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
6797 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6798 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
6800 switch (reloc
.r_type())
6802 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
6805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
6806 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
6811 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
6814 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
6817 // A class to handle the PLT data.
6819 template<bool big_endian
>
6820 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
6823 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
6826 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
6828 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6830 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
6832 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
6833 const Reloc_section
*
6835 { return this->rel_
; }
6839 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
6841 // Write to a map file.
6843 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
6844 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
6847 // Template for the first PLT entry.
6848 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
6850 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
6851 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
6853 // Set the final size.
6855 set_final_data_size()
6857 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6858 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
6861 // Write out the PLT data.
6863 do_write(Output_file
*);
6865 // The reloc section.
6866 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
6867 // The .got.plt section.
6868 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
6869 // The number of PLT entries.
6870 unsigned int count_
;
6873 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
6874 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
6875 // section just for PLT entries.
6877 template<bool big_endian
>
6878 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
6879 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
6880 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
6882 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
6883 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
6884 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
, true, false,
6888 template<bool big_endian
>
6890 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
6895 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6897 template<bool big_endian
>
6899 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
6901 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
6903 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
6904 // reserved PLT entry.
6905 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
6906 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
6910 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
6912 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6913 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6914 // lazily when the function is called).
6915 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
6917 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
6918 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6919 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
6922 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
6923 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
6924 // appear in the relocations.
6928 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
6929 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
6930 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
6932 // The first entry in the PLT.
6933 template<bool big_endian
>
6934 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
6936 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
6937 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
6938 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
6939 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
6940 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
6943 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
6945 template<bool big_endian
>
6946 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
6948 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
6949 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
6950 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
6953 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6954 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
6955 // Processor Supplement.
6957 template<bool big_endian
>
6959 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6961 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6962 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6963 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6964 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6966 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
6967 const section_size_type got_size
=
6968 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
6969 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
6971 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
6973 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
6974 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
6976 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
6977 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6978 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
6979 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
6980 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
6981 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
6982 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
6983 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
6984 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6986 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
6988 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
6991 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6992 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6993 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
6994 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
6995 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
6996 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
6999 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7001 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7002 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
7005 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7006 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7007 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7009 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7010 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7011 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7012 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7013 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7014 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7015 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7017 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7018 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7021 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7022 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7024 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7025 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7028 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7030 template<bool big_endian
>
7032 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7035 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7038 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7040 // Create the GOT sections first.
7041 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7043 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7044 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7046 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7047 this->plt_
, false, false, false, false);
7049 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7052 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7054 template<bool big_endian
>
7055 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7056 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7058 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7061 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7063 template<bool big_endian
>
7065 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7066 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7069 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7072 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7073 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7075 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7076 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7077 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7081 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7083 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7084 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7087 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7090 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7092 template<bool big_endian
>
7094 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7095 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7097 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7099 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7101 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7102 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7103 unsigned int got_offset
;
7104 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7106 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7107 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7108 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7113 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7115 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7118 got
->add_constant(0);
7119 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7121 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7124 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7125 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7126 // known at link time.
7128 template<bool big_endian
>
7129 tls::Tls_optimization
7130 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7132 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7133 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7136 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7138 template<bool big_endian
>
7140 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7141 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7142 unsigned int r_type
)
7144 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7145 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7148 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7149 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7150 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7151 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7152 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7153 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7154 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7156 template<bool big_endian
>
7158 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7159 unsigned int r_type
)
7163 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7164 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7165 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7166 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7167 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7168 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7169 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7170 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7171 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7173 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7174 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7175 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7180 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7181 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7182 // error per object file.
7183 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7185 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7186 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7187 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7188 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7189 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7190 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7191 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7195 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7200 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7201 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7202 // on ARM v5te devices.
7204 template<bool big_endian
>
7206 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7209 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7210 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7211 Output_section
* output_section
,
7212 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7213 unsigned int r_type
,
7214 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7216 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7219 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7220 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7221 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7222 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7225 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7226 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7227 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7228 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7229 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7230 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7231 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7232 // relocate it easily.
7233 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7235 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7236 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7237 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7238 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7239 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7240 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7241 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7246 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7247 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7248 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7249 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7250 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7251 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7252 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7253 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7254 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7255 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7256 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7257 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7258 // relocation statically.
7259 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7261 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7262 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7263 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7264 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7265 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7266 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7269 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7270 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7272 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7275 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7278 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7279 r_type
, output_section
,
7280 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7285 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7290 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7291 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7292 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7293 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7294 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7295 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7297 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7300 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7301 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7303 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7305 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7306 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7307 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7309 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7310 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7311 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7312 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7313 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7314 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7315 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7316 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7317 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7318 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7319 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7320 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7321 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7322 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7323 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7324 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7325 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7326 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7328 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7329 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7330 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7331 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7332 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7333 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7334 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7335 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7336 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7337 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7338 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7339 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7340 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7341 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7342 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7343 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7344 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7345 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7346 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7349 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7350 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7351 // We need a GOT section:
7352 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7355 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7356 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7358 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7359 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7360 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7361 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7362 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7364 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7365 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7366 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7368 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7369 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7370 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7371 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7372 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7378 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7379 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7380 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7382 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7383 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7384 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7385 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7386 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7387 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7388 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7389 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7393 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7395 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7397 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7398 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7399 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7401 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7402 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7403 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7407 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7408 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7410 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7411 // dtv-relative offset.
7412 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7413 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7414 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7415 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7417 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
7420 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7425 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7426 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
7428 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7429 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
7431 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7435 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7439 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7440 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7442 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7443 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7446 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7450 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7453 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7454 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7455 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7457 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7458 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7459 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7460 unsigned int r_sym
=
7461 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7462 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7463 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7464 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7465 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7466 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
7467 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7469 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7470 unsigned int got_offset
=
7471 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7472 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7473 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
7478 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7482 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7483 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7484 if (output_is_shared
)
7486 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7487 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
7488 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7489 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7490 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7491 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7492 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7503 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
7508 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
7510 template<bool big_endian
>
7512 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
7513 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7514 unsigned int r_type
,
7517 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
7518 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
7521 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
7523 template<bool big_endian
>
7525 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7528 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7529 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7530 Output_section
* output_section
,
7531 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7532 unsigned int r_type
,
7535 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
7536 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
7537 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
7538 if (!target
->has_got_section()
7539 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7540 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7542 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7545 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7546 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7547 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7548 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7551 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7552 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7553 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7554 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7555 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7556 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7557 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7558 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7559 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7560 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7561 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7562 // Absolute addressing relocations.
7564 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
7565 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
7567 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7568 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
7569 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
7570 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
7572 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
7573 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
7575 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7576 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
))
7578 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
7580 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7581 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7583 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
7584 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
7585 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
7587 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7588 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7589 output_section
, object
,
7590 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7594 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7595 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7596 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7597 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7604 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7605 // We need a GOT section.
7606 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7625 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7626 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7629 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7631 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7635 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7657 // Relative addressing relocations.
7659 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7660 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
7661 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
7663 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
7665 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7666 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7670 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7671 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7672 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7673 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7691 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
7692 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
7693 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
7694 // call the personality routine and the dyanmic linkers we care about
7695 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
7696 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
7697 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
7698 // a local section symbol.
7700 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
7701 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
7702 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7704 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
7705 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
7707 if (gsym
->is_defined()
7708 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7709 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
7711 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7715 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
7716 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7718 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7719 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7720 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7721 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7722 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
7725 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
7726 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
7727 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7728 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7729 || gsym
->is_undefined()
7730 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
7731 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
7732 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
7735 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7736 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
7737 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7738 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7746 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
7748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7752 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7753 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7754 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7755 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7758 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
7760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7761 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7762 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7763 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7764 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7766 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
7767 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7768 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
7771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7772 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7774 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7775 // dtv-relative offset.
7776 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7777 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7778 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7779 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7780 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7781 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
7782 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
7784 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
7787 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7791 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7792 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7794 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7795 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7798 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7802 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7806 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7807 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7809 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7810 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7811 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7812 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7813 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7814 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7815 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7816 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7818 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7819 unsigned int got_offset
=
7820 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7821 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7822 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
7826 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7831 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7832 if (parameters
->options().shared())
7834 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7835 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7836 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7837 output_section
, object
,
7838 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7849 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
7854 // Process relocations for gc.
7856 template<bool big_endian
>
7858 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7860 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7861 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7863 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7865 Output_section
* output_section
,
7866 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7867 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7868 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7870 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
7871 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7873 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7882 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7887 // Scan relocations for a section.
7889 template<bool big_endian
>
7891 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7893 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7894 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7895 unsigned int sh_type
,
7896 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7898 Output_section
* output_section
,
7899 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7900 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7901 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7903 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7904 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
7906 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
7907 object
->name().c_str());
7911 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7920 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7925 // Finalize the sections.
7927 template<bool big_endian
>
7929 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
7931 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
7932 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
7934 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
7936 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
7937 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
7939 // Merge processor-specific flags.
7940 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
7941 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
7944 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
7945 // specific flags and attributes section.
7946 Input_file::Format format
= (*p
)->input_file()->format();
7947 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
7949 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
7953 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
7954 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
7955 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7957 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7958 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
7959 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
7963 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
7964 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
7967 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
7968 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
7969 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7971 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7972 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
7973 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
7977 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
7978 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
7979 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
7980 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
7982 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
7983 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
7984 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
7987 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
7988 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
7990 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
7991 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
7992 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
7993 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
7994 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
7995 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
7998 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
7999 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8000 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8001 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8002 && !this->may_use_blx())
8003 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8004 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8006 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8007 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8009 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8010 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8011 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8013 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8015 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8016 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8018 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8019 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8020 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8021 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
8022 && !parameters
->options().relocatable())
8024 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
8025 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8026 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8027 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8028 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8030 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8031 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8032 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8033 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8036 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8037 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8038 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8040 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0, 0)
8042 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8043 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8044 exidx_segment
->add_output_section(exidx_section
, elfcpp::PF_R
,
8049 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if there is not one already.
8050 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8051 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8052 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8053 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8054 attributes_section
, false, false, false,
8058 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8059 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8060 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8061 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8062 // apply the static relocation.
8064 template<bool big_endian
>
8066 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8067 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8070 Output_section
* output_section
)
8072 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8073 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8075 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8078 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8079 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8080 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8081 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8083 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8084 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8087 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8088 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8089 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8091 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8092 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8093 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8094 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8095 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8098 // Perform a relocation.
8100 template<bool big_endian
>
8102 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8103 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8105 Output_section
*output_section
,
8107 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8108 unsigned int r_type
,
8109 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8110 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8111 unsigned char* view
,
8112 Arm_address address
,
8113 section_size_type view_size
)
8115 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8117 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8118 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8119 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8120 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8122 std::string reloc_name
=
8123 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8124 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8125 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8126 reloc_name
.c_str());
8130 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8131 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8133 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8134 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8135 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8136 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8137 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8138 if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8142 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8143 // final target is THUMB.
8144 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
8146 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8147 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8148 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8151 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8153 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8154 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8155 // be converted into an NOP.
8156 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8160 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8161 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8162 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8164 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8165 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8166 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8167 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8174 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8175 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8176 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8177 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8178 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8183 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8184 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8185 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8186 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8189 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8191 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8192 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8194 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8195 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8196 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8200 // Get the GOT offset if needed.
8201 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8202 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8203 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8204 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8205 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8208 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8209 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8212 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8213 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8214 - target
->got_size());
8218 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8219 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8220 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8221 - target
->got_size());
8223 have_got_offset
= true;
8230 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8232 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8234 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8235 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8236 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8237 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8239 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8240 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8241 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8242 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8243 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8244 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8246 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8247 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8248 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8249 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8251 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8252 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8253 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8256 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8257 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8258 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8260 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8261 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8262 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8263 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8264 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8266 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8267 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8269 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8270 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8272 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8273 relative_address_base
= address
;
8275 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8276 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8282 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8283 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8284 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8290 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8291 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8293 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8297 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8299 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8303 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8305 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
8308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8309 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8311 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8315 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8316 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8318 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8319 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8323 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8324 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8326 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8331 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8332 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8334 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
8337 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8338 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8340 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8341 0, thumb_bit
, false);
8344 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8345 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8347 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
8351 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8352 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8353 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8355 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8356 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
8360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8361 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8363 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8364 relative_address_base
);
8367 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8368 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8369 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8371 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8372 relative_address_base
,
8373 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8376 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8377 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8379 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8380 relative_address_base
);
8383 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8384 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8385 address
, thumb_bit
);
8388 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8389 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8391 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
8394 // Thumb long branches.
8395 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
8397 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8399 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
8400 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8401 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8404 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8406 Arm_address got_origin
;
8407 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8408 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8409 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
8413 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8414 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
8416 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
8419 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8421 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8425 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
8429 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8430 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8431 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
8434 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8435 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8436 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
8437 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
8438 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
8439 Arm_address got_origin
;
8440 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8441 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
8442 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
8446 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8447 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8448 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8449 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
8450 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
8451 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
8452 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
8453 || (gsym
->is_defined()
8454 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8455 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
8457 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
8458 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8459 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8462 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8464 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8468 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8470 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8473 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8475 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8478 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8480 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8483 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8484 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
8485 address
, thumb_bit
);
8488 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8489 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
8491 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
8492 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
8494 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
8495 is_v4bx_interworking
);
8499 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8501 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8504 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8506 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8509 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8511 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8515 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8516 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8517 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8518 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8519 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8520 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8521 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8522 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8523 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8524 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8526 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
8527 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8528 relative_address_base
,
8529 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8532 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8533 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8534 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8535 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8536 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8537 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8539 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
8540 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8541 relative_address_base
);
8544 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8545 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8546 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8547 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8548 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8549 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8551 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
8552 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8553 relative_address_base
);
8556 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8557 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8558 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8559 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8560 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8561 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8563 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
8564 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8565 relative_address_base
);
8568 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8570 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8571 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8572 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8573 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8574 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8576 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
8577 view
, address
, view_size
);
8584 // Report any errors.
8585 switch (reloc_status
)
8587 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
8589 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
8590 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8591 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
8592 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
8594 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
8595 gold_error_at_location(
8599 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
8600 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
8609 // Perform a TLS relocation.
8611 template<bool big_endian
>
8612 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
8613 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
8614 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8615 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8617 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8618 unsigned int r_type
,
8619 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8620 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8621 unsigned char* view
,
8622 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
8623 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
8625 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
8626 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
8627 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
8629 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
8631 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
8633 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
8634 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
8635 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
8636 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8637 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8642 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
8643 unsigned int got_offset
;
8646 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8647 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
8651 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8652 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8653 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
8654 - target
->got_size());
8656 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8658 Arm_address got_entry
=
8659 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8661 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8663 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8664 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8670 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8672 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8673 // the module index.
8674 unsigned int got_offset
;
8675 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
8676 - target
->got_size());
8677 Arm_address got_entry
=
8678 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8680 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8682 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8683 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8688 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
8689 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8692 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8694 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8695 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
8696 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
8697 unsigned int got_offset
;
8700 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8701 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
8705 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8706 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8707 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
8710 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
8711 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
8713 Arm_address got_entry
=
8714 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8716 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
8717 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8718 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8722 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8723 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
8724 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
8725 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
8727 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
8729 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
8730 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
8731 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
8732 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
8733 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
8736 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8742 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8743 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
8745 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
8748 // Relocate section data.
8750 template<bool big_endian
>
8752 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
8753 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8754 unsigned int sh_type
,
8755 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8757 Output_section
* output_section
,
8758 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8759 unsigned char* view
,
8760 Arm_address address
,
8761 section_size_type view_size
,
8762 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
8764 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
8765 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8767 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
8768 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
8769 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
8771 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
8772 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
8773 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
8776 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
8777 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
8779 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
8780 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
8781 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
8783 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
8786 view_size
= section_size
;
8790 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8797 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8801 reloc_symbol_changes
);
8804 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
8807 template<bool big_endian
>
8809 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
8810 unsigned int r_type
,
8813 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8814 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
8815 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8820 std::string reloc_name
=
8821 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8822 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
8823 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
8828 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
8830 template<bool big_endian
>
8832 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
8833 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8835 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8836 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8837 unsigned int sh_type
,
8838 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8840 Output_section
* output_section
,
8841 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8842 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8843 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
8844 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
8846 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8848 typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8849 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
8851 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8852 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
8860 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8866 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
8868 template<bool big_endian
>
8870 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
8871 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8872 unsigned int sh_type
,
8873 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8875 Output_section
* output_section
,
8876 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
8877 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
8878 unsigned char* view
,
8879 Arm_address view_address
,
8880 section_size_type view_size
,
8881 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
8882 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
8884 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8886 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
8891 offset_in_output_section
,
8900 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
8901 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
8902 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
8903 // processor specific ABI supplement.
8905 template<bool big_endian
>
8907 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
8909 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
8910 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
8913 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
8915 template<bool big_endian
>
8917 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
)
8921 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8922 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
8923 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
8925 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8926 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
8927 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
8934 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
8936 template<bool big_endian
>
8938 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
8939 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
8940 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
8942 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
8943 // so allow mixing them.
8944 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
8945 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
8951 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
8952 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
8953 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
8954 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8956 template<bool big_endian
>
8958 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
8959 const std::string
& name
,
8960 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
8962 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
8964 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
8966 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
8967 if (flags
== out_flags
)
8970 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
8971 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
8972 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
8973 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
))
8974 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
8975 "EABI version %d."),
8977 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
8978 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
8982 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
8983 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
8984 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
8985 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
8986 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
8987 // to the default values.
8991 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
8992 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
8993 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
8997 // Adjust ELF file header.
8998 template<bool big_endian
>
9000 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9001 unsigned char* view
,
9004 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
9006 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
9007 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
9008 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
9010 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9011 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9012 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
9014 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
9015 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
9017 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9019 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9020 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9023 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9024 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
9025 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
9026 // ELF object creation.
9028 template<bool big_endian
>
9030 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
9031 const std::string
& name
,
9032 Input_file
* input_file
,
9033 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
9035 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
9036 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
9038 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
9039 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9043 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
9045 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
9046 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9052 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
9058 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
9059 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
9060 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9062 template<bool big_endian
>
9064 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9065 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9067 const Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9068 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9070 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9071 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9072 const std::string
& sv
=
9073 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
9075 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
9076 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
9077 return sv
.data()[1];
9079 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
9083 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
9084 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
9085 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9087 template<bool big_endian
>
9089 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
9090 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
9093 Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9094 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9098 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
9102 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9103 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9105 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
9106 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
9110 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
9113 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
9115 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9117 template<bool big_endian
>
9119 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
9122 int* secondary_compat_out
,
9124 int secondary_compat
)
9126 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
9127 static const int v6t2
[] =
9139 static const int v6k
[] =
9152 static const int v7
[] =
9166 static const int v6_m
[] =
9181 static const int v6s_m
[] =
9197 static const int v7e_m
[] =
9214 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
9230 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
9232 static const int *comb
[] =
9240 // Pseudo-architecture.
9244 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
9246 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
9248 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
9252 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
9254 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
9255 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
9256 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9258 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
9261 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
9262 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
9263 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9265 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
9266 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
9267 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
9270 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
9271 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
9273 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
9274 // as the canonical version.
9275 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
9278 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
9281 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
9285 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
9286 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
9294 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
9296 template<bool big_endian
>
9298 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
9300 static const char *aeabi_enum_names
[] =
9301 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
9302 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
9303 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
9305 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
9306 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
9310 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
9311 return std::string(buffer
);
9315 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
9317 template<bool big_endian
>
9319 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
9321 static const char *name_table
[] = {
9322 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
9323 // that from the architecture version alone.
9339 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
9341 if (value
< name_table_size
)
9342 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
9346 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
9347 return std::string(buffer
);
9351 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
9352 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
9354 template<bool big_endian
>
9356 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
9358 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9360 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
9364 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
9365 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
9367 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
9371 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
9372 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9373 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
9374 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9376 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
9377 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
9378 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
9380 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
9381 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
9382 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
9383 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
9384 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0)
9385 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
9389 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
9391 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
9394 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
9395 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
9396 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
9399 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
9400 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
9401 // Use the first value seen.
9404 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
9406 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
9407 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
9408 int secondary_compat
=
9409 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
9410 int secondary_compat_out
=
9411 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9412 this->attributes_section_data_
);
9413 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
9414 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9415 &secondary_compat_out
,
9416 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9418 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
9419 secondary_compat_out
);
9421 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
9422 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
9423 ; // Leave the names alone.
9424 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9426 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
9427 // input architecture. Use the input names.
9428 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
9429 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
9430 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
9431 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
9435 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
9436 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
9439 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
9440 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
9441 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
9443 const std::string cpu_name
=
9444 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9445 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
9446 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
9447 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
9448 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
9453 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
9454 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
9455 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
9456 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
9457 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
9458 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
9459 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
9460 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
9461 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
9462 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
9463 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
9464 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
9465 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
9466 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
9467 // Use the largest value specified.
9468 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9469 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9472 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
9473 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
9474 // Use the smallest value specified.
9475 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9476 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9479 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
9480 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
9481 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
9482 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
9485 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
9486 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
9488 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
9492 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
9493 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
9495 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
9496 // 2 = weak requirement.
9497 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
9499 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
9500 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
9501 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
9502 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9503 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9504 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9505 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
9506 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
9507 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9511 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
9512 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9514 // 0 will merge with anything.
9515 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
9516 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
9517 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
9518 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9519 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9520 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9521 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9522 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9523 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9524 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9525 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9526 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9531 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
9532 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
9533 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
9537 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
9554 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
9556 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
9557 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9559 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
9562 // The output uses the superset of input features
9563 // (ISA version) and registers.
9564 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
9565 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
9566 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
9567 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
9568 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
9571 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
9573 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
9574 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
9577 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
9580 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
9581 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
9582 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9583 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9585 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
9587 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
9590 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
9591 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9592 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
9593 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9595 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
9597 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9598 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9600 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
9601 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
9602 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9603 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
9604 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9605 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
))
9607 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
9611 // Use the smallest value specified.
9612 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9613 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9615 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
9616 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9617 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9618 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
9619 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9621 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
9622 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
9623 "across objects may fail"),
9624 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9625 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9627 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9628 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9630 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
9631 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
9633 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
9634 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
9636 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
9637 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
9638 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9640 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9641 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
9642 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9644 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
9645 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
9646 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
9647 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
9650 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
9651 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
9655 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
9658 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
9659 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9661 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
9666 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
9667 // Merged in target-independent code.
9669 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
9670 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
9671 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
9672 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
9673 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
9674 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9675 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9677 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
9678 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9680 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9681 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
9684 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9685 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9688 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
9689 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
9690 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
9691 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
9694 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
9695 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
9697 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
9698 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
9699 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
9700 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
9701 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9706 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9708 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
9709 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
9710 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9711 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9712 err_object
= "output";
9713 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9714 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9717 if (err_object
!= NULL
)
9719 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
9721 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
9725 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9729 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9730 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
9732 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
9733 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9738 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
9739 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
9740 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
9743 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
9744 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
9746 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
9747 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
9748 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9749 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
9750 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
9751 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9752 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
9754 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9755 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
9757 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9760 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
9761 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
9762 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9763 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
9764 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
9766 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
9767 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
9768 err_object
= "output";
9769 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9770 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9771 delete out_iter
->second
;
9772 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9773 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9775 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9776 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9777 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
9779 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
9780 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
9782 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
9785 else // The tags are equal.
9787 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
9788 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
9789 err_object
= "output";
9790 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9792 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9793 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
9795 // No match. Delete the attribute.
9796 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9797 delete out_iter
->second
;
9798 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9799 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9803 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
9811 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
9812 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
9814 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
9815 err_object
, err_tag
);
9819 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9820 err_object
, err_tag
);
9826 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
9828 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
9830 template<bool big_endian
>
9831 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9832 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
9836 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9838 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
9839 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
9840 arm_input_section
->init();
9842 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
9843 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
9844 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
9846 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
9847 // for this input section already.
9848 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
9850 return arm_input_section
;
9853 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
9854 // section of RELOBJ.
9856 template<bool big_endian
>
9857 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9858 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
9860 unsigned int shndx
) const
9862 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9863 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
9864 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
9865 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
9868 // Make a new stub table.
9870 template<bool big_endian
>
9871 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
9872 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
9874 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9875 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
9876 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
9878 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
9879 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
9880 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
9885 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
9887 template<bool big_endian
>
9889 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
9890 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9891 unsigned int r_type
,
9892 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9894 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9895 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
9896 Arm_address address
)
9898 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
9900 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
9901 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9903 bool target_is_thumb
;
9904 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9907 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
9908 // final target is THUMB.
9909 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
9911 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
9912 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
9913 + gsym
->plt_offset());
9915 target_is_thumb
= false;
9917 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
9918 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
9923 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
9924 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
9925 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
9926 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
9931 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
9932 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
9935 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
9936 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
9937 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9938 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
9940 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
9941 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9943 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9944 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9945 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9949 // Get the symbol value.
9950 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
9952 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
9953 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
9954 Arm_address destination
;
9957 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9958 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9959 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9961 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
9963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9965 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9966 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9968 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
9974 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
9975 Stub_type stub_type
=
9976 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
9978 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
9980 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9981 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9982 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9983 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
9985 // Locate stub by destination.
9986 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
9988 // Create a stub if there is not one already
9989 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
9992 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9993 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
9994 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
9997 // Record the destination address.
9998 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
9999 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10002 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
10003 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
10004 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
10005 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
10006 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10007 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10008 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
10010 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
10011 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
10012 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
10013 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
10014 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
10015 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10019 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
10020 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
10021 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
10022 // specific part of a relocation.
10024 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
10025 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
10027 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
10028 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
10029 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
10030 // mapped to output offsets.
10032 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
10033 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
10034 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
10035 // the output section.
10037 template<bool big_endian
>
10038 template<int sh_type
>
10040 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
10041 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10042 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10043 size_t reloc_count
,
10044 Output_section
* output_section
,
10045 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10046 const unsigned char* view
,
10047 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
10050 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
10051 const int reloc_size
=
10052 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
10054 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
10055 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10056 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
10058 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
10060 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
10062 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
10064 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
10065 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
10066 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
10068 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
10070 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
10071 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
10072 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
10073 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
10074 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
10075 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10076 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
10077 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
10078 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
10081 section_offset_type offset
=
10082 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
10084 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
10086 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
10087 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
10093 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
10094 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
10096 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
10098 // Get the BX instruction.
10099 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10100 const Valtype
* wv
=
10101 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
10102 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
10103 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10104 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
10108 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10109 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10110 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10111 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10113 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
10115 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10116 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
10117 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
10118 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
10119 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
10127 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
10128 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
10129 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
10131 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
10133 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10134 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
10135 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
10138 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
10140 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
10141 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
10142 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
10143 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
10144 // correspond to a section we are folding.
10146 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
10148 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
10149 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
10150 && !(relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
)))
10152 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
10155 arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10156 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
10158 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
10161 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
10162 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
10164 symval
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
10166 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10170 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10172 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10178 const Symbol
* gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
10179 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
10180 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
10181 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
10183 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
10184 if (sym
->has_symtab_index())
10185 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
10187 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10189 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
10191 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
10192 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
10193 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
10194 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
10195 Arm_address value
=
10196 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
10198 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
10199 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
10202 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
10206 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
10207 // destination. Give up.
10208 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
10211 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
10212 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
10216 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
10218 template<bool big_endian
>
10220 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
10221 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10222 unsigned int sh_type
,
10223 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10224 size_t reloc_count
,
10225 Output_section
* output_section
,
10226 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10227 const unsigned char* view
,
10228 Arm_address view_address
,
10229 section_size_type view_size
)
10231 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
10232 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
10237 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10241 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
10242 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
10244 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
10249 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10254 gold_unreachable();
10257 // Group input sections for stub generation.
10259 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
10260 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
10261 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
10262 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
10263 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
10264 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
10265 // extend the group after the stub table.
10267 template<bool big_endian
>
10269 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
10271 section_size_type group_size
,
10272 bool stubs_always_after_branch
)
10274 // Group input sections and insert stub table
10275 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10276 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10277 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10278 p
!= section_list
.end();
10281 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
10282 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10283 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
10288 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
10290 template<bool big_endian
>
10292 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
10294 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
10295 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
10298 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
10299 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
10301 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
10303 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
10306 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
10307 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
10308 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
10309 // the stubbed branches.
10310 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
10311 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
10312 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
10313 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
10315 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
10316 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
10317 // This is a crude way of enforcing that.
10318 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10319 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
10321 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
10324 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
10325 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
10326 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
10327 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
10328 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
10330 // This value is 24K less than that, which allows for 2025
10331 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
10332 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
10334 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10335 stub_group_size
= 1024276;
10337 stub_group_size
= 4170000;
10340 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
);
10342 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10343 Output_section
* os
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
10344 if (os
!= NULL
&& os
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
10346 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
=
10347 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(os
);
10348 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, exidx_output_section
, symtab
);
10349 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
10353 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
10354 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
10355 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
10356 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
10357 // That would require more book-keeping.
10358 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
10359 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10361 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
10362 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10363 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
10364 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
10367 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
10369 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
10370 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10371 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
10373 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
10376 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
10377 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10378 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10381 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10382 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10383 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
10386 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
10387 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
10389 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
10390 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
10391 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10392 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10395 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
10397 // Update data size of stub table owner.
10398 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
10399 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
10400 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
10401 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
10402 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
10404 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
10405 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
10409 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
10410 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
10411 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
10413 for(Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
10414 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
10417 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
10418 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
10419 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
10422 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
10423 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
10425 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
10426 if (!continue_relaxation
)
10428 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10429 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10431 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
10433 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
10434 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10435 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10438 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10439 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10441 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
10442 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
10444 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
10445 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
10449 return continue_relaxation
;
10452 // Relocate a stub.
10454 template<bool big_endian
>
10456 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
10458 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10459 Output_section
* output_section
,
10460 unsigned char* view
,
10461 Arm_address address
,
10462 section_size_type view_size
)
10465 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
10466 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
10468 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
10469 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
10471 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
10472 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
10473 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
10474 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
10476 // This is the address of the stub destination.
10477 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
10478 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10479 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
10481 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
10483 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
10484 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
10485 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
10486 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
10487 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
10488 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
10490 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
10491 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
10492 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
10493 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
10497 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
10500 template<bool big_endian
>
10502 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
10504 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
10505 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10506 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
10507 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10508 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10509 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
10510 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
10511 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
10513 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
10515 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
10516 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
10517 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
10520 // Reorder attributes.
10522 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
10523 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
10524 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
10527 template<bool big_endian
>
10529 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
10531 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
10532 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
10533 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
10535 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
10537 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
10538 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10540 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
10545 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
10547 template<bool big_endian
>
10549 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
10550 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
10551 unsigned int shndx
,
10552 section_size_type span_start
,
10553 section_size_type span_end
,
10554 const unsigned char* view
,
10555 Arm_address address
)
10557 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
10559 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
10560 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
10561 // first half of the branch.
10562 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
10563 // length non-branch instruction.
10564 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
10565 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
10566 bool last_was_branch
= false;
10567 while (i
< span_end
)
10569 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10570 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
10571 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10572 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
10573 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
10575 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
10578 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
10579 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10581 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
10582 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
10583 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
10584 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
10585 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
10586 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
10587 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
10588 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
10589 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
10592 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
10594 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
10595 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
10596 // we need to work around.
10597 if (is_32bit_branch
10598 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
10600 && !last_was_branch
)
10602 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
10603 bool force_target_arm
= false;
10604 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
10605 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
10606 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10607 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
10609 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
10611 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
10612 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
10614 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10615 && !target_is_thumb
)
10616 force_target_arm
= true;
10617 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10618 && target_is_thumb
)
10619 force_target_thumb
= true;
10623 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
10625 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
10626 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
10627 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
10628 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10630 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
10631 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
10632 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
10633 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
10634 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
10635 // setting of always_after_branch above).
10639 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10641 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
10643 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
10645 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10650 stub_type
= (is_blx
10651 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
10653 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
10654 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
10657 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
10659 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
10661 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
10662 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
10663 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
10664 // BLX stub instead in that case.
10665 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
10666 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
10668 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
10672 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
10673 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
10674 else if (force_target_thumb
10675 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
10677 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
10685 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
10686 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
10687 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
10688 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
10689 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
10691 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
10693 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
10694 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
10696 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
10697 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
10701 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10702 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
10703 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10704 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
10709 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
10710 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
10711 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
10715 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
10717 template<bool big_endian
>
10719 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
10720 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
10721 Arm_address stub_address
,
10722 unsigned char* insn_view
,
10723 Arm_address insn_address
)
10725 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10726 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
10727 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10728 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10729 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
10731 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10732 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
10734 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
10735 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
));
10736 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
,
10738 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
,
10742 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
10743 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
10744 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
10745 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
10746 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
10747 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
10748 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
10749 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
10750 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
10752 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
10753 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
10754 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
10755 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
10759 gold_unreachable();
10762 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
10763 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
10764 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
10767 template<bool big_endian
>
10768 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
10771 Target_selector_arm()
10772 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
10773 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
10777 do_instantiate_target()
10778 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
10781 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10783 template<bool big_endian
>
10785 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
10787 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
10788 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
10790 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
10791 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
10792 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
10793 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
10794 // by addresses within the output section.
10796 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
10797 Sorted_output_section_list
;
10798 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
10799 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10800 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10801 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10802 p
!= section_list
.end();
10805 // We only care about output sections that contain executable code.
10806 if (((*p
)->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
10807 sorted_output_sections
.insert(*p
);
10810 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
10811 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
10813 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
10814 for(typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
10815 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
10816 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
10819 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
10820 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10821 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
10824 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
);
10827 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
10828 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
10830 } // End anonymous namespace.